|
Saturday July 4, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Bell City Barnstormers Games
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool)
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.
We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 6, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 7, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rapids Softball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 8, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 9, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Teenage Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Teenage Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rapids Softball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Friday July 10, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday July 11, 2026
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Bell City Barnstormers Games
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool)
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.
We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 13, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
BBGC Camp
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 14, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rapids Softball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 15, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 16, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Teenage Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Teenage Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rapids Softball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Friday July 17, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday July 18, 2026
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool)
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.
We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer
Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court. - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Birthday Party
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 20, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
BBGC Camp
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting. - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches. - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2
Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in:
Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings.
Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition.
Technical understanding of the game.
Ability to mentor developing athletes.
Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development.
Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits: Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
|
|
|
|